Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Ad1t-Sect J PDF
Ad1t-Sect J PDF
SELECTION MATRIX
MODELS HLFSE, HVFSE, HFMLE & HFSLE .............. J.M1 - H.M8
CONTROL DIAGRAMS
MODELS HLFSE, HVFSE, HFMLE & HFSLE .................. J1 - J160
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
J1 5E0W0** 5E0W0** J1
J2 5F0W0** 5F0W0** J2
J3 5G0W0** 5G0W0** J3
J4 5H0W0** 5H0W0** J4
J5 5E0W0** 5E0W0** J5
J6 5F0W0** 5F0W0** J6
J7 5G0W0** 5G0W0** J7
J8 5H0W0** 5H0W0** J8
J9 5E0W0** 5E0W0** J9
- J.M1 -
2 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M2 -
YORK INTERNATIONAL 3
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M3 -
4 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M4 -
YORK INTERNATIONAL 5
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M5 -
6 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M6 -
YORK INTERNATIONAL 7
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M7 -
8 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
Te m p m as t e r
R
CONTROL TYPE
HEAT CONTROL
OF OPERATION
FAILURE MODE
STAT ACTION
PNEUMATIC
SEQUENCE
ELECTRIC
OPTIONS
1Ø LOAD BEARING P.E. W/ INTRLK
REVERSE ACTING
HEAT FAIL - ON
FAN FAIL - OFF
FAN FAIL - ON
J-K-L-M
J-K-L-M
2-3-4-5
2-3-4-5
1
- J.M8 -
YORK INTERNATIONAL 9
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
C UNOCCUPIED MODE:
NO
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
BK C NO BK WH G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
S1 5 MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
NC STANDARD 1
PE-1
NC STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
10 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
C UNOCCUPIED MODE:
NO
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
BK C NO BK WH G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
S1 5 MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
NC STANDARD 1
PE-1
NC STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
S1 1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE3 PE1
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 11
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
C UNOCCUPIED MODE:
NO
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
BK C NO BK WH G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
S1 5 MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
NC STANDARD 1
PE-1
NC STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-2 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-3 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
12 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
C UNOCCUPIED MODE:
NO
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
BK C NO BK WH G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
S1 5 MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
NC STANDARD 1
PE-1
NC STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 13
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
STAGE HEAT MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
RD C NO RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
14 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
STAGE HEAT MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
RD C NO RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
S1 1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE3 PE1
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 15
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
STAGE HEAT MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
RD C NO RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-2 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-3 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
16 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
STAGE HEAT MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
RD C NO RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 17
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
RD RD
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C2-1 OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
BN BN ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0
(WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK
TC C NO BK ST.1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BK BK
S1 5 C1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
18 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
RD RD
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C2-1 OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
BN BN ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0
(WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK
TC C NO BK ST.1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BK BK
S1 5 C1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
S1 1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE3 PE1
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 19
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
RD RD
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C2-1 OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
BN BN ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0
(WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK
TC C NO BK ST.1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BK BK
S1 5 C1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-2 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-3 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
20 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
AND OR FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
RD RD
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C2-1 OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
BN BN ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0
(WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK
TC C NO BK ST.1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BK BK
S1 5 C1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 21
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
BK BK MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C1-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C N0 BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-2
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD RD
NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
22 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
BK BK MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C1-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C N0 BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-2
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD NC
RD BL BL
PE-2
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
AIR
S1 1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE3 PE1
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 23
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
BK BK MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C1-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C N0 BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-2
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD
RD
NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE3 PE2 PE1 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
24 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
BK BK MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C1-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C N0 BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-2
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD RD
NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-1 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 25
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
C1-1 G NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
BK BK MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
C1-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C N0 BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2 BK BK
L1 1
PE-2 BL
C1-1 3 L3
NC RD RD
ST.3 L2 2
BN C NO BN
C3 C2-1
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM L1 1
BK BK
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM L3 3
C1-2
N.O.
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
VEL. CNTRLR
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 6 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y PE-3 = 4 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X
T CONSTANT
VOLUME
D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE HEAT
AIR
COLD AIR
AIR
RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
OR OR FLOW
20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
26 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
C1-1 G
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
BK BK
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
N.C. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
AIR
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
PE2 PE1 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
HEATER COMPONENTS MAX. KW
3 PHASE-60 HZ VOLTAGES
VOLTAGE CODE-3 PHASE HEATER CONTROL CODE
HEATER VOLTAGE 208 V 480 V P = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 1 STAGE 2 = PILOT DUTY P.E. W/ 30A
1 10.7 24.9 R = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE MAG. CONTACTOR
DE-ENERGIZING
CONTACTOR
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 27
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
C1-1 G
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
BK BK
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
N.O. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-2 = 10 PSI
B PE-3 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
28 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT WHEN DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
NO LONGER SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN
C1-1 G
MOTOR IS DEENERGIZED.
BK BK
BL
PE-2 C1-1 3 L3
NC RD RD
ST.3 L2 2
BN C NO BN C2-1
C3
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
N.C.
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
VEL. CNTRLR
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 6 PSI
B PE-3 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
HEATER COMPONENTS MAX. KW
3 PHASE-60 HZ VOLTAGES
VOLTAGE CODE-3 PHASE HEATER CONTROL CODE
HEATER VOLTAGE 208 V 480 V P = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 1 STAGE 2 = PILOT DUTY P.E. W/ 30A
1 10.7 24.9 R = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE MAG. CONTACTOR
DE-ENERGIZING
CONTACTOR
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 29
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C N0 BK DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
BK C NO BK WH G
S1 5
NC ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 STANDARD 1
C NO JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD
PE-1
NC OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
30 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C N0 BK DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
BK C NO BK WH G
S1 5
NC ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 STANDARD 1
C NO JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD NC STAGE HEAT
RD C NO RD
PE-1
NC OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 31
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELELCTRIC HEAT.
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
32 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C N0 BK DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
BK C NO BK WH G
S1 5
NC ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 STANDARD 1
C NO JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD
PE-1
NC OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 33
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
34 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 35
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELELCTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
C1-1 STANDARD 1 THE FAN.
G
STAGE HEAT
C ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD NO RD
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
36 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 37
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO (WHEN REQ.) NC
RD
ST.2
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
38 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO (WHEN REQ.) NC
RD
ST.2
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 39
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELELCTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT THE FAN.
G
RD RD
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
40 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO (WHEN REQ.) NC
RD
ST.2
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 41
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 L2 L3 N ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-3
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD RD
NC
PE-3 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
42 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 L2 L3 N ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-3
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD NC
RD BL BL
PE-3
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 43
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELELCTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
C PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-3
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD NC
RD BL BL
PE-3
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
44 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 L2 L3 N ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-3
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD RD
NC
PE-3 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 45
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 L2 L3 N ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
TC ST.1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
ST.2 BK BK
RD RD C NO RD L1 1
PE-1 C2 C1-1 BL
3 L3
NC RD RD
PE-3 L2 2
NC C2-1
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3 OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
PE-4
NC BK BK
BK BL/WH BK L1 1
SC FM C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR
PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
Y PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
FAN STARTS
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
46 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 L2 L3 N ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
TC C NO ST.1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD
ST.2 BK BK
RD C NO RD L1 1
PE-1 C2 C1-1 BL
3 L3
NC RD RD
PE-3 L2 2
NC C2-1
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3 OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK BK BK
SC FM L1 1
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
FAN STARTS
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
PE2 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE1
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 47
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELELCTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
TC C NO ST.1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD
ST.2
RD C NO RD BK BK
PE-1 C2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
PE-3 RD RD
NC
ST.3 L2 2
BN C NO BN C2-1
C3
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM L1 1
BK BK
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
ACT. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 8 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-3 = 10 PSI
FLOW LO Y PE-4 = 12 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X
T CONSTANT
REV. R.A.. STAT VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
FLOW
S1 RELAY 1 PIPE
AIR
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
48 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
IS ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 L2 L3 N ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK
DEENERGIZES THE FAN. AS TEMP DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
TC C NO ST.1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC BK BK
ST.2 L1 1
RD RD C NO RD C1-1 BL
3 L3
PE-1 C2 RD RD
NC L2 2
PE-3 C2-1
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
C3
PE-4
NC BK BK
BK BL/WH BK
L1 1
SC FM C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 8 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 6 PSI
FLOW LO X PE-4 = 4 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y
T CONSTANT
REV. D.A.. STAT VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
FLOW
S1 RELAY 1 PIPE
AIR
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 49
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BLOCK
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
C WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
NO
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
BK C NO BK WH G CLOSE.
S1 5
NC STANDARD 1
PE-1 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD C NO RD
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
S1 1 PIPE HEAT
AIR
COLD AIR
AIR
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FLOW PLENUM AIR
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE2 PE1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
50 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
C NO WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
BK C NO WH G
S1 5 CLOSE.
NC STANDARD 1
PE-1 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD C NO
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
AIR
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A. STAT
PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 51
52 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
YORK INTERNATIONAL 53
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G CLOSE.
STAGE HEAT
RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BN C NO BN .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
BK
EP
S1 1 PIPE HEAT
AIR
COLD AIR
AIR
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FLOW PLENUM AIR
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE2 PE1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
54 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
G CLOSE.
STAGE HEAT
RD C NO RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-2
NC STAGE HEAT
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BN C NO BN .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
BK
EP
AIR
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A. STAT
PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 55
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
G CLOSE.
STAGE HEAT
RD C NO RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-2
NC STAGE HEAT
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BN C NO BN .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
BK
EP
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP
PE-2 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
56 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G CLOSE.
STAGE HEAT
RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-2 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BN C NO BN .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-1
NC
C N0 BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
S1
NC
BK
EP
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
(RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 57
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH DEENERGIZES THE FAN AND EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT CLOSE.
C1-1 G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
(WHEN REQ.) NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
58 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
RD RD CLOSE.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
BN BN JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0
(WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK ST.1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BK TC BK C NO BK .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
S1 5 C1
NC
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
S1 1 PIPE
AIR
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
R.A. STAT ROOM ROOM
PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 59
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
RD RD CLOSE.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
BN BN JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0
(WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK ST.1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
BK TC BK C NO BK .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
S1 5 C1
NC
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD
C2
PE-2
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP
PE-2 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
60 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK BK WH WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G CLOSE.
RD RD
BK
EP
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
(RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 61
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-2
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD RD
NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
EP
PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X
T CONSTANT
D.A.. STAT VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
FLOW
S1 1 PIPE HEAT
AIR
COLD AIR
AIR
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FLOW PLENUM AIR
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE2 PE1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
62 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
S1 5 C1
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK BK
BK
L1 1
EP C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-2
NC
BK BK
L1 1 BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3
RD PE-3
RD NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC C1-2 L3 3
C1-2
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-2 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-3 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A. STAT
FLOW
R.A. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT COLD
T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 63
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
S1 5 C1
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-2
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD
RD
NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
EP
PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-3 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
64 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-2
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-3
RD RD
NC
PE-2 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
(RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 65
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
C1-1
RD RD
BK
L2 2
EP C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
EP
PE-1 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-3 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
66 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
S1 5 C1
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
ST.2
RD C NO RD L1 1
BK BK
C2 BL
C1-1 3 L3
PE-2 RD RD
NC L2 2
ST.3 C2-1
BN C NO BN
C3
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
PE-3
NC
BK BK
BK
SC
BL/WH BK L1 1
FM
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
BK C2-1
EP BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
1 PIPE AIR
S1
AIR
R.A. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE3
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 67
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4 ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BLOCK
BK WH AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
S1 5 C1
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-1
NC
ST.2 BK BK
RD C NO RD L1 1
C2 BL
C1-1 3 L3
RD RD
PE-2 L2 2
NC
ST.3 C2-1
BN C NO BN
C3 OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
PE-3
NC
BK BK
BK
SC
BL/WH BK L1 1
FM
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
BK C2-1
EP BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
EP
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-1 = 8 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-2 = 10 PSI
FLOW LO Y PE-3 = 12 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X
T
CONSTANT
REV. R.A.. STAT VOLUME
FLOW
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2 PE1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
68 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 G CLOSE.
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
C1-1
RD RD
BK
L2 2
EP C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM L3 3
C1-2
ACT. (3)C OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
(1)NC (2)NO
EP RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-1 = 8 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-2 = 6 PSI
FLOW LO X PE-3 = 4 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y
T CONSTANT
REV. D.A.. STAT VOLUME
FLOW
TOTAL AIR
S1 RELAY 1 PIPE
AIR
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2 PE1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 69
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BLOCK
BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C N0 BK DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C NO CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
S1 BK BK WH G
5
NC ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 STANDARD 1
C JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD
PE-1
NC OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
70 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BLOCK
BK WH UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
C N0 BK DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C NO CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
S1 BK BK WH G
5
NC ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 STANDARD 1
C JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NO RD NC STAGE HEAT
RD C NO RD
PE-1
NC OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
(UNOCCUPIED)
S1 1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 71
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
C N0 UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
S1 BK C NO WH G CLOSE.
NC 5
C NO STANDARD 1
PE-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-1 RD C NO RD
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
72 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT OCCUPIED MODE:
SWITCH WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
& EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE1 WILL CLOSE
TERMINAL ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
1 2
BLOCK
BK WH
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
C N0 UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
S1 BK C NO BK WH G CLOSE.
NC 5
C NO STANDARD 1
PE-2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-1 RD C NO RD
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 73
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK
EP
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
74 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK
EP
(UNOCCUPIED)
S1 1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 75
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK
EP
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 RELAY 1 PIPE AIR
AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
FLOW PLENUM AIR
M RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
1 (FIELD CALIB.)
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
76 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
STAGE HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD C NO RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
OPTIONAL 3 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
PE-4
C N0 BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK
EP
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 77
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO (WHEN REQ.) NC
RD
ST.2
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
78 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO NC
(WHEN REQ.) ST.2
RD
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
(UNOCCUPIED)
S1 1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 79
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO NC
(WHEN REQ.) ST.2
RD
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 RELAY 1 PIPE AIR
AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
FLOW PLENUM AIR
M RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
1 (FIELD CALIB.)
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
80 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
FUSING SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
AND OR FUSING STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK BK WH
DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
G
RD RD
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C2-1
BN BN
C N0 BK OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
C3-1
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C PE-2
NO NC
(WHEN REQ.) ST.2
RD
RD C NO RD
PE-1 C2
NC
PE-3
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 81
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-3
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD RD
NC
PE-3 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
82 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-3
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD
RD
NC
PE-3 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C) PE-1 = 8 PSI
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 10 PSI
PE-4 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) CONSTANT
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN VOLUME
PROBE HI Y TOTAL AIR
T
COLD AIR HEAT
R.A. STAT AIR
FLOW
(UNOCCUPIED)
S1 1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 83
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 3 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-3
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD
RD
NC
PE-3 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
S1 RELAY 1 PIPE AIR
AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
FLOW PLENUM AIR
M RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
1 (FIELD CALIB.)
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
84 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK
BK
TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
PE-2 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
C NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-1 SC FM
NC
BK BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
RD
PE-3
NC
BK BK C
L1 1 BN NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-4
RD RD
NC
PE-3 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
YORK INTERNATIONAL 85
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, D.A. STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
TC ST.1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BK BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC
ST.2 BK BK
C NO L1 1
RD RD RD BL
PE-1 C2 C1-1 3 L3
NC RD RD
PE-3 L2 2
NC C2-1
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3 OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
PE-4
NC
BK BL/WH BK BK BK
SC FM L1 1
C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
BK
EP C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. 3(C) RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(NC)1 2(NO)
EP PE-1 = 8 PSI
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
(UNOCCUPIED)
FLOW PLENUM AIR
RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE COLD HOT
T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
HEATER COMPONENTS MAX. KW
3 PHASE-60 HZ VOLTAGES
VOLTAGE CODE-3 PHASE HEATER CONTROL CODE
HEATER VOLTAGE 208 V 480 V P = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 1 STAGE 2 = PILOT DUTY P.E. W/ 30A
1 10.7 24.9 R = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE MAG. CONTACTOR
DE-ENERGIZING
CONTACTOR
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
86 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC BK BK
ST.2 L1 1
RD
RD C NO RD C1-1 BL
3 L3
PE-1 C2 RD RD
NC L2 2
PE-3 C2-1
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
C3
PE-4
NC BK BK
BK BL/WH BK L1 1
SC FM C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
BK
C2-1
EP BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-1 = 8 PSI
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
R.A. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 87
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
P.I., N.O. DAMPER, A.F.S. FAN START, UNOCCUPIED MODE, POS. DAMPER CLOSE OFF, R.A. STAT, 3 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
ST.1 .10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BK TC BK C NO BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC L1 1
BK BK
RD
ST.2 BL
RD C NO RD C1-1 3 L3
PE-1 C2 RD RD
NC L2 2
PE-3 C2-1
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
C3
PE-4
NC BK BK
BK BL/WH BK L1 1
SC FM C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
BK
C2-1
EP BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
88 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3 OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT WHEN THE DUCT PRESSURE FROM THE CENTRAL SYSTEM IS
SWITCH SENSED BY THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH, THE FAN MOTOR
AND EP SWITCH ARE ENERGIZED.
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
FUSING OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
L1 L2 L3 N ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
BK WH
BK BL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
WHEN MAIN AIR HANDLER IS OFF, THE S1 AIR FLOW SWITCH
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING DAMPER TO
CLOSE. AS TEMP. DROPS PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
C1-1 G
BK BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C N0 BK NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
TC C NO ST.1
BK BK BK
S1 5 C1
NC
C PE-2
NO NC BK BK
ST.2 L1 1
RD RD C NO RD C1-1 BL
3 L3
PE-1 C2 RD RD
NC L2 2
PE-3 C2-1
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
C3
PE-4
NC BK BK
BK BL/WH BK L1 1
SC FM C1-1
RD RD
L2 2
BK
C2-1
EP BN BN
C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
(UNOCCUPIED)
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE4 PE3 PE2 PE1 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
YORK INTERNATIONAL 89
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, P.E. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
90 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE2
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 91
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, P.E. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
92 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE4 PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
YORK INTERNATIONAL 93
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, P.E. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
94 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE2
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 95
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, P.E. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, LOAD BEARING P.E. SWITCH W/ CONT. INTRLK.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
96 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE4 PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 97
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, P.E. FAN START, DIRECT ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
98 YORK INTERNATIONAL
FORM AD1T-SECT J
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE2
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
YORK INTERNATIONAL 99
SERIES FLOW FAN TERMINAL W/ ELECTRIC HEAT
PRESS. INDEPENDENT, N.O. DAMPER, P.E. FAN START, REVERSE ACTING STAT, 1 PHASE, PILOT DUTY P.E. SWITCH
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
BK BK WH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
RD RD JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
PE4 PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH
ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1
BK BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK BK BK
ST.1 L1 1
BK TC BK C NO BK C1-1
PE-1 5 C1 C NO BL
NC L2 2
RD 3 L3
PE-2 RD RD
NC PE-3
NC C1-2
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK BK
L1 1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY C1-1
PE1 C NO
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) L2 2
RD
RD
PE-3
NC
BN C NO BN
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
N.O. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH
ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1
BK BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK
BK BK
TC ST.1 L1 1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1 C NO C1-1 BL
NC L2 2
RD 3 L3
RD
PE-2 RD
NC PE-3
NC C1-2
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK BK
L1 1
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY C1-1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) RD
C NO
L2 2 RD
PE-3
NC
BN C NO BN
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
PE-2 = 8 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-4 = 12 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT COLD
T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH
ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1
BK BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK BK BK
ST.1 L1 1
BK TC BK C NO BK C1-1
PE-1 5 C1 C NO BL
NC L2 2
RD 3 L3
RD
PE-2 RD
NC PE-3
NC C1-2
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK BK
L1 1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY C1-1
PE1 RD
C NO
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) L2 2 RD
PE-3
NC
BN C NO BN
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
N.O. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
AIR
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH
ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1
BK BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1 BK BK
BK BK C NO BK L1 1
PE-1 5 C1 C1-1
NC C NO BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3
PE-2
NC RD RD
PE-3
BK BL/WH BK NC C1-2
SC FM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK BK
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY L1 1
PE1 C1-1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) C NO
RD
L2 2
RD
PE-3
NC
BN C NO BN
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
N.C.
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
VEL. CNTRLR PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-3 = 6 PSI
B PE-4 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH
ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1
BK BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY BL BL
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) L3 3
C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.O.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH
ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL
REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP.
CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
G ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1
BK BK JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
C3-1
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY BL BL
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) L3 3
C1-2
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
N.C. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT.
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
B
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT COLD AIR HEAT
FLOW
AIR
1 PIPE
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE2
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE
BK WH ENERGIZED BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL
BK BL REQUIRES PROPER SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY
TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM PE1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V UNOCCUPIED MODE:
TERMINAL WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
1 2
BLOCK BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
C NO BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
BK C NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
NC
STANDARD 1 BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
PE-3 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
C NO REQUIREMENTS.
BN BN
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V UNOCCUPIED MODE:
TERMINAL WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
1 2
BLOCK BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
C NO BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
BK C NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
NC
STANDARD 1 BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
PE-3 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
C NO REQUIREMENTS.
BN BN
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-4 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-5 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V UNOCCUPIED MODE:
TERMINAL WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
1 2
BLOCK BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
C NO BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
BK C NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
NC
STANDARD 1 BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
PE-3 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD
RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
C NO REQUIREMENTS.
BN BN
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V UNOCCUPIED MODE:
TERMINAL WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
1 2
BLOCK BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
C NO BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
BK C NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
NC
STANDARD 1 BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
PE-3 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
NC
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
C NO REQUIREMENTS.
BN BN
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PNEUMATIC
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
RD C NO RD
SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BN C NO BN
ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
OPTIONAL 3 REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5
C NO BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C PE-3
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
RD C NO RD
SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BN C NO BN
ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
OPTIONAL 3 REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5
C NO BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C PE-3
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-4 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-5 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
RD C NO RD
SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BN C NO BN
ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
OPTIONAL 3 REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5
C NO BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C PE-3
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 G
STAGE HEAT NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
RD C NO RD
SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2 ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
NC STAGE HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BN C NO BN
ALL P.E. SWITCHES MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
OPTIONAL 3 REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5
C NO BK NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C PE-3
NO NC
RD BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT
G
RD RD NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
C2-1 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT
G
RD RD NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
C2-1 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-4 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-5 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT
G
RD RD NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
C2-1 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL UNOCCUPIED MODE:
1 2 WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BLOCK
BK WH BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN.
WH
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING FAN WHEN
BK BK
PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT
G
RD RD NOTE: ON START UP, BLOWER FAN MOTOR MUST BE ENERGIZED
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT BEFORE PRIMARY AIR FAN. FAN CONTROL REQUIRES PROPER
C2-1 SETTING OF PE1 SWITCH BY TEMP CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
BN BN
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT
FLOW
(UNOCCUPIED)
M FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
C NO
PE1 L2 2
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
RD
PE-4
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD RD
NC
PE-4 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
1 PIPE AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
C NO
PE1 L2 2
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) RD
PE-4
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD NC
RD BL BL
PE-4
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-4 = 10 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-5 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI Y
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
1 PIPE AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
C NO
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) L2 2 RD
PE-4
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD NC
RD BL BL
PE-4
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-5 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1 FAN STARTS
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
C NO
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY L2 2
RD
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) RD
PE-4
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD RD
NC
PE-4 BL BL
NC L3 3
C1-2 C1-2
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 6 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
PE-5 = 4 PSI
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
AIR
M (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
C3-1
BL BL
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM L3 3
N.O. C1-2
ACT. OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 8 PSI
(RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 6 PSI
B
FLOW LO Y PE-5 = 4 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
FAN STARTS
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN (FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
FAN STARTS
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
HEATER COMPONENTS MAX. KW
3 PHASE-60 HZ VOLTAGES
VOLTAGE CODE-3 PHASE HEATER CONTROL CODE
HEATER VOLTAGE 208 V 480 V P = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 1 STAGE 2 = PILOT DUTY P.E. W/ 30A
1 10.7 24.9 R = 208V/3PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE MAG. CONTACTOR
DE-ENERGIZING
CONTACTOR
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
COLD AIR
M AIR (UNOCCUPIED)
1 RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FLOW FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
OCCUPIED MODE:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
DISCONNECT SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
FUSING
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
COLD AIR
M AIR
RESTRICTOR (UNOCCUPIED)
1 FLOW PLENUM AIR
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FAN STARTS
(FIELD CALIB.)
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
OPTIONAL 2
PE-3 NOTE: S1 AIRFLOW SWITCH FACTORY SET TO START FAN AT
NC STAGE HEAT
.10"WC TOTAL PRESSURE SENSED AT INLET FLOW PROBE.
BN C NO BN
OPTIONAL 3
PE-4
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 6 PSI
(RESET BAND=3-8 PSI) PE-4 = 4 PSI
B
FLOW LO X
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. D.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
1 PIPE HEAT
AIR
COLD AIR
AIR
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FLOW PLENUM AIR
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
AIR
1 PIPE PLENUM AIR
AIR
FLOW
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP
PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
PE-3 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT
BN C NO BN
PE-4 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
(WHEN REQ.)
BK
TC BK C NO BK
C1
PE-2
NC
C NO BK BL/WH BK
BK
5 SC FM
PE-1
NC
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(3)C
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD RD
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM (SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD RD
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM (SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
AIR
1 PIPE PLENUM AIR
AIR
FLOW
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD RD
BK
EP
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK BK WH
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
RD RD
BK
EP
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
BK BK
C NO BK L1 1
TC ST.1 C C1-1
BK BK C NO BK NO BL
PE-1 5 C1 L2 2
RD 3 L3
NC RD
RD
PE-2 PE-3
NC NC C1-2
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK
BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
R.A. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT COLD
T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK BK BK
L1 1
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK C NO C1-1 BL
PE-1 5 C1 L2 2
RD 3 L3
NC RD
PE-2 RD
PE-3
NC NC C1-2
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK
EP BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
EP
PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-3 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI) PE-4 = 12 PSI
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK BK BK
L1 1
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK C NO C1-1 BL
PE-1 5 C1 L2 2
RD 3 L3
NC
RD RD
PE-2 PE-3
NC NC C1-2
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK
EP BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) PE-3
NC
BN C NO BN
PE-4
NC
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-3 = 6 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM PE1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.O.
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(3)C
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-4 = 12 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN VOLUME
PROBE HI Y TOTAL AIR
T
COLD AIR HEAT
R.A. STAT
FLOW
AIR
1 PIPE PLENUM AIR
AIR
FLOW
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM PE1 P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.O.
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 10 PSI
PE-4 = 12 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT
FLOW
AIR
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN SIGNAL TO PE1 FALLS BELOW ITS SETPOINT
BK BL IT DE-ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH, CAUSING THE
DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C1-1 G JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK
C1-2
C NO BK
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-2 L1 1
NC C1-1 BL
3 L3
ST.2
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
C2-1
PE-3
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-4 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM PE1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(3)C
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BLOCK
BK WH WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
C NO BK TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
NC
STANDARD 1 FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
PE-3
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2
NC JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHS MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
BN C NO BN REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BLOCK
BK WH WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
C NO BK TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
NC
STANDARD 1 FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
PE-3
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD
RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2
NC JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHS MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
BN C NO BN REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
(UNOCCUPIED)
1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BLOCK
BK WH WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
C NO BK TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
NC
STANDARD 1 FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
PE-3
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD
RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2
NC JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHS MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
BN C NO BN REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.O.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 8 PSI
PE-4 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-5 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y
M 20 PSI MAIN CONSTANT
PROBE HI X
T VOLUME
TOTAL AIR
REV. R.A.. STAT HEAT
FLOW
COLD AIR
RELAY 1 PIPE AIR
AIR
(UNOCCUPIED)
FLOW PLENUM AIR
M RESTRICTOR FAN STARTS
1 (FIELD CALIB.)
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2
ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BLOCK
BK WH WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
C NO BK TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
BK NO BK WH G
PE-1 5 AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
NC
STANDARD 1 FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
PE-3
C NO NC STAGE HEAT
RD RD C NO RD ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
PE-2
NC JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
PE-4 OPTIONAL 2
NC STAGE HEAT ALL P.E. SWITCHS MUST BE SET IN THE FIELD PER JOB
BN C NO BN REQUIREMENTS.
PE-5 OPTIONAL 3
NC STAGE HEAT
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. 3(C)
(NC)1 2(NO) PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 8 PSI
PE-4 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-5 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
L = 277V/1PH/60HZ - 2 STAGE
SIZE & TYPE
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C1-1 STANDARD 1 DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
STAGE HEAT
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
RD C NO RD
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C1-1 STANDARD 1 DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
STAGE HEAT
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
RD C NO RD
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
(UNOCCUPIED)
1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C1-1 STANDARD 1 DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
STAGE HEAT
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
RD C NO RD
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
(UNOCCUPIED)
RELAY 1 PIPE FLOW PLENUM AIR
AIR
FAN STARTS
M RESTRICTOR (FIELD CALIB.)
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V OCCUPIED MODE:
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
FUSING AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
AND OR FUSING ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
TERMINAL AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C1-1 STANDARD 1 DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
STAGE HEAT
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
RD C NO RD
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE3 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
RD RD
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C2-1 OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
BN BN
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C NO (WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK TC C NO BK ST.1
BK BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
PE-3
C NO NC
BK ST.2
RD C NO RD
PE-2 C2
NC
PE-4
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-5
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM (SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE4 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G
DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
RD RD AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
N.C. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM (SIGNAL BY OTHERS)
RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
ACT. (3)C PE-2 = 8 PSI
(1)NC (2)NO PE-3 = 8 PSI
EP PE-4 = 10 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-5 = 12 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN VOLUME
PROBE HI Y TOTAL AIR
T
COLD AIR HEAT
R.A. STAT
FLOW
AIR
1 PIPE PLENUM AIR
AIR
FLOW
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
RD RD
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1
BN BN
C NO C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
(WHEN REQ.) JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK
TC C NO BK ST.1
BK BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
PE-3
C NO NC
ST.2
RD
RD C NO RD
PE-2 C2
NC
PE-4
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-5
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V
DISCONNECT SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
SWITCH SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
AND OR FUSING
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 (N) = 120V & 277V AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BK BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
C1-1 STANDARD 1 ST. HEAT G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
RD RD
FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
OPTIONAL 2 ST. HEAT
C2-1
BN BN ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C NO (WHEN REQ.) C3-1 OPTIONAL 3 ST. HEAT
BK
TC C NO BK ST.1
BK BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
PE-3
C NO NC
ST.2
RD
RD C NO RD
PE-2 C2
NC
PE-4
NC
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-5
NC
BK BL/WH BK
SC FM
BK
EP
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 5.7 13.2
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
2.8 6.6
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
L1 L2 L3
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
DISCONNECT
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
SWITCH AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
FUSING
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
L1 L2 L3 N UNOCCUPIED MODE:
TERMINAL WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
1 2 3 4 BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
BLOCK
BK WH TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK BL DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT
C1-1 G
BK BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
C1-2
C NO BK BK BK
L1 1
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK C NO C1-1 BL
PE-1 5 C1 L2 2
RD 3 L3
NC
RD RD
C NO PE-3 PE-4
NC NC
RD
C1-2
PE-2 BK BL/WH BK
NC SC FM OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
BK
EP BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY L2 2
PE1 RD
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) PE-4
NC
BN C NO BN
PE-5
NC
BL BL
L3 3
N.O. PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2
1 PIPE HEAT
AIR
COLD AIR
AIR
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN FLOW PLENUM AIR
D.A.. STAT
2 PIPE
PE3 PE2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4
COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
C1-1 G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
BK BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-2
C NO BK
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
ST.1 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK TC BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C NO PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
BK
BK BK
EP L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY L2 2 RD
PE1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) PE-4
NC
L1 1
BK BK
BN C NO BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD NC
RD BL BL
PE-4 L3 3
NC C1-2 C1-2
R.A. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 2 PIPE HOT COLD
T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG)
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
C1-1 G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
BK BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-2
C NO BK ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
TC ST.1 JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C PE-3
NO NC
BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
BK
EP BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD NC
RD BL
PE-4 BL
NC L3 3
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM C1-2 C1-2
N.O.
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C
(1)NC (2)NO RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
EP PE-2 = 8 PSI
PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-4 = 10 PSI
B (RESET BAND=8-13 PSI)
FLOW LO Y PE-5 = 12 PSI
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI X CONSTANT
T
VOLUME
REV. R.A.. STAT TOTAL AIR
FLOW
COLD AIR
AIR
M RESTRICTOR PLENUM AIR
1 FLOW
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
2 PIPE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL
BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
C1-1 G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
BK BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-2
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C NO BK
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC
C NO PE-3
NC
BK BL/WH BK
PE-2 SC FM
NC
BK
EP BK BK
L1 1
C1-1
RD
C NO
L2 2
PE1
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY RD
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) PE-4
NC
BK BK C NO
L1 1 BN BN
C NO C1-1 BL
L2 2
RD 3 L3 PE-5
RD
NC
RD BL BL
PE-4 L3 3
NC C1-2 C1-2
N.C.
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ACT. (3)C RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(1)NC (2)NO PE-2 = 8 PSI
EP PE-3 = 8 PSI
BAL. TAPS PE-4 = 6 PSI
VEL. CNTRLR
PE-5 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
30 AMP BLOCK
FUSE
8.6 19.9
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
C1-1
BK BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
1 PIPE AIR
AIR
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
C1-1
BK BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
AIR
1 PIPE PLENUM AIR
AIR
FLOW
RESTRICTOR
OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
R.A. STAT
2 PIPE HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT LOW). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 3 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
C1-1 FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
BK BK
AIR
M RESTRICTOR FLOW PLENUM AIR
1
3 OR OR 20 PSI MAIN
R.A.. STAT
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE
HOT T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) COLD
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
L1 L2 L3
SIGNAL TO PE1 ENERGIZES THE FAN & EP SWITCH.
DISCONNECT
SPACE TEMP WARM (STAT OUTPUT HI). AT A STAT
SWITCH
OUTPUT OF 13 PSI THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE CONTROLLING
AT ITS MAXIMUM. AS THE SPACE TEMP FALLS, THE DAMPER
FUSING WILL MODULATE TOWARDS THE CLOSED POSITION. AT A
STAT OUTPUT OF 8 PSI, THE VEL. CNTRLR WILL BE
CONTROLLING AT ITS MINIMUM.
OPTIONAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ON A FURTHER DROP IN SPACE TEMP., PE2 WILL CLOSE
PANEL WIRING DIAGRAM AND OR FUSING ENERGIZING THE FIRST STAGE OF ELECTRIC HEAT.
L1 L2 L3 N AS THE SPACE TEMP INCREASES, THE SEQUENCE REVERSES.
TERMINAL 1 2 3 4
BLOCK UNOCCUPIED MODE:
BK WH
WHEN THE PRESSURE APPLIED TO PE1 (SET AND CONTROLLED
BK BL BY OTHERS) IS DROPPED BELOW ITS SETPOINT IT MAKES
TO NC CONTACT ENABLING PE2, TURNING OFF FAN AND
BK STANDARD 1 STAGE HEAT DEENERGIZING EP CAUSING THE DAMPER TO CLOSE.
G AS TEMP DROPS, STAT OUTPUT DROPS, STARTING
C1-1
BK BK FAN WHEN PRESSURE DROPS BELOW PE2 SETPOINT.
C1-2
ADJUST SPEED CONTROL TO OBTAIN CFM REQUIRED BY
C NO BK
JOB SPECIFICATIONS.
TC ST.1
BK BK C NO BK
PE-1 5 C1
NC BK BK
PE-3 L1 1
C NO NC BL
ST.2 C1-1 3 L3
RD C NO RD RD RD
C2 L2 2
PE-2
NC C2-1
PE-4
NC OPTIONAL 2 STAGE HEAT
ST.3
BN C NO BN
C3
PE-5 BK BK
NC L1 1
BK BL/WH BK C1-1
SC FM RD RD
L2 2
C2-1
BN BN
BK
EP C3-1
BL BL
L3 3
C1-2
P.E. SWITCH SUPPLIED BY FACTORY
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM PE1
(SIGNAL BY OTHERS) OPTIONAL 3 STAGE HEAT
N.C.
ACT. RECOMMENDED FIELD P.E. SWITCH SETTINGS:
(3)C
PE-2 = 8 PSI
(1)NC (2)NO
PE-3 = 8 PSI
EP PE-4 = 6 PSI
BAL. TAPS VEL. CNTRLR PE-5 = 4 PSI
B (RESET BAND=3-8 PSI)
FLOW LO X CONSTANT
M 20 PSI MAIN
PROBE HI Y VOLUME
T TOTAL AIR
REV. D.A.. STAT HEAT COLD AIR
FLOW
D.A.. STAT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 PIPE COLD T-STAT BRANCH PRESSURE (PSIG) HOT
PE5 PE4 PE3 PE2 ROOM ROOM
ALL CONTACTORS
DNF-80 ARE DE-ENERGIZING
DOOR INTERLOCK 17.2 39.8
BLOCK
NOTES